]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
tests: introduce dummy_server_init and use it in all journald fuzzers
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 240 in spe:
4
5 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
6 Type=simple and ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
8 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
9 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
10 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
11 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
12 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would
13 typically succeed instantly, as only fork() has to complete
14 successfully and execve() is not waited for, and hence its failure is
15 seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type starting the
16 unit will fail, as the execve() will be waited for and will fail,
17 which is then propagated back to the start job.
18
19 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
20 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
21 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
22 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
23 block on NSS calls (such as user name lookups due to User=) done
24 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
25 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
26 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
27 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
28 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
29
30 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
31 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
32 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
33 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
34 systemd passes on is increased to 256K, overriding the kernel's
35 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
36 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
37 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
38 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
39 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
40 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
41 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
42 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
43 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
44 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
45 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
46 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
47 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
48 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
49 high file descriptors explicitly by setting their soft limit to the
50 hard limit during initialization. Of course, when doing that they
51 must do this acknowledging the fact that they cannot use select()
52 anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or any shared
53 library used by any shared library they use and so on).
54
55 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
56 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
57 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
58 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
59 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
60 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
61 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
62 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=no and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=no)
63 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
64 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
65
66 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
67 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
68 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
69 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
70 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
71 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
72
73 CHANGES WITH 239:
74
75 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
76 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
77 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
78 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
79 a slot number associated.
80
81 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
82 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
83 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
84 independent.
85
86 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
87 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
88 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
89
90 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
91 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
92 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
93 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
94
95 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
96 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
97 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
98 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
99 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
100 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
101 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
102 e.g. NIS.
103
104 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
105 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
106 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
107 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
108 may be necessary to update the file.
109
110 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
111 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
112 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
113 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
114 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
115 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
116 documentation.
117
118 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
119 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
120 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
121 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
122 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
123 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
124 them.
125
126 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
127 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
128 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
129 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
130 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
131
132 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
133 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
134 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
135 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
136 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
137 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
138 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
139 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
140
141 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
142 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
143 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
144 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
145 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
146
147 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
148 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
149 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
150 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
151 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
152
153 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
154 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
155 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
156
157 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
158 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
159 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
160 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
161 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
162 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
163 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
164 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
165 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
166 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
167 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
168 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
169 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
170 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
171 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
172 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
173 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
174 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
175 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
176 from.
177
178 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
179 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
180 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
181 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
182
183 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
184 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
185 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
186 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
187
188 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
189 where the system initially suspends, and after a time-out resumes and
190 hibernates again.
191
192 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
193 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
194
195 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
196 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
197 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
198
199 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
200 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
201 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
202 was not configurable and set to 512.
203
204 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
205 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
206 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
207 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
208 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
209 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
210 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
211 in particular su and sudo.
212
213 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
214 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
215 synchronization has been received from the network. This
216 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
217 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
218 services.
219
220 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
221 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
222 files should work for hibernation now.
223
224 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
225 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
226 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
227 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
228 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
229 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
230 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
231 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
232 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
233 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
234 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
235 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
236 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
237 name following the last dash.
238
239 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
240 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
241 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
242 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
243 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
244
245 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
246 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
247 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
248 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
249 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
250 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
251
252 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
253 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
254 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
255 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
256
257 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
258 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
259 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
260 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
261 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
262
263 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
264 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
265 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
266 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
267 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
268 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
269 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
270 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
271 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
272 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
273 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
274 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
275 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
276
277 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
278 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
279 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
280 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
281 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
282 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
283 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
284 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
285 settings.
286
287 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
288 expiration feature, if it is available.
289
290 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
291 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
292 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
293
294 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
295 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
296
297 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
298
299 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
300 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
301
302 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
303 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
304 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
305 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
306 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
307 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
308 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
309 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
310 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
311 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
312 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
313
314 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
315 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
316 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
317 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
318
319 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
320 about its state.
321
322 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
323 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
324 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
325 "timedatectl set-ntp".
326
327 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
328 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
329 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
330 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
331 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
332 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
333 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
334 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
335 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
336 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
337 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
338
339 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
340 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
341
342 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
343 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
344 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
345 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
346 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
347 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
348
349 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
350 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
351 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
352 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
353 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
354 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
355 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
356
357 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
358 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
359 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
360 shown.)
361
362 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
363 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
364 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
365 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
366 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
367 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
368 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
369 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
370 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
371
372 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
373 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
374 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
375
376 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
377 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
378 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
379 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
380 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
381 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
382 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
383 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
384
385 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
386
387 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
388 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
389 automatically when the system clock changed.)
390
391 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
392 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
393
394 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
395 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
396 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
397
398 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
399
400 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
401
402 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
403 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
404
405 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
406 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
407 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
408 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
409 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
410 external user databases.
411
412 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
413 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
414 refused due to the enforced limits.
415
416 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
417 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
418 manages.
419
420 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
421 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
422 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
423 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
424 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
425 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
426 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
427 wher this is now used by default.
428
429 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
430 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
431
432 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
433 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
434 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
435 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
436 update process in a generic way.
437
438 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
439 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
440 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
441 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
442 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
443 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
444 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
445 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
446 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
447 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
448 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
449 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
450 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
451 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
452 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
453 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
454 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
455 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
456 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
457 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
458 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
459 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
460 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
461 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
462 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
463 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
464 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
465 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
466 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
467
468 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
469
470 CHANGES WITH 238:
471
472 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
473 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
474 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
475 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
476 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
477 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
478 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
479 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
480 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
481 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
482 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
483 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
484 to revert this change.
485
486 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
487 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
488 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
489 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
490 once at the end of the transaction.
491
492 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
493 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
494 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
495 scripts.
496
497 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
498 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
499 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
500 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
501 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
502 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
503 still allowing local admin overrides.
504
505 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
506 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
507 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
508
509 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
510 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
511 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
512 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
513 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
514
515 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
516 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
517 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
518 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
519 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
520 from package installation scripts.
521
522 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
523 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
524 without the user number ("u username -:456").
525
526 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
527 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
528
529 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
530 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
531 /sbin/nologin for other users).
532
533 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
534 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
535 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
536 --systemd, --user, or --global).
537
538 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
539 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
540 which are triggered meanwhile).
541
542 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
543 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
544 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
545 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
546 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
547
548 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
549 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
550 rotated very quickly.
551
552 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
553 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
554 pending bus messages.
555
556 * systemd gained a new
557 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
558 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
559 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
560 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
561 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
562 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
563 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
564 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
565 session scope.
566
567 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
568 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
569 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
570 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
571 the tree to be accessed.
572
573 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
574 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
575 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
576
577 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
578 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
579 to keys in the main keyring.
580
581 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
582
583 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
584 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
585
586 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
587
588 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
589 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
590 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
591 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
592 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
593 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
594 explicitly.
595
596 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
597 the colour of "OK" status messages.
598
599 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
600 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
601 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
602 be restarted.
603
604 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
605 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
606
607 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
608 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
609 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
610 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
611 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
612 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
613 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
614 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
615 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
616 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
617 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
618 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
619 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
620 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
621 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
622 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
623
624 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
625
626 CHANGES WITH 237:
627
628 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
629 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
630 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
631 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
632
633 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
634 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
635 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
636 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
637 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
638 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
639 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
640 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
641 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
642 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
643
644 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
645 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
646 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
647 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
648 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
649 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
650 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
651 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
652 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
653 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
654
655 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
656 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
657 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
658 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
659 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
660 now provides explicit control.
661
662 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
663 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
664 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
665 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
666 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
667 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
668 unit types that already supported transient operation.
669
670 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
671 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
672 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
673
674 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
675 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
676
677 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
678 .network files all gained support for a new condition
679 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
680 versions.
681
682 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
683 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
684 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
685 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
686 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
687 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
688 understands RapidCommit=.
689
690 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
691 Delegation.
692
693 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
694 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
695 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
696 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
697 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
698 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
699 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
700 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
701 --watch-bind= command line switch.
702
703 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
704 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
705 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
706 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
707 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
708 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
709 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
710 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
711 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
712 "Disconnected" signals).
713
714 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
715 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
716 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
717 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
718 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
719 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
720 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
721 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
722 round-trips are removed.
723
724 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
725 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
726 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
727 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
728
729 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
730 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
731 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
732 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
733 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
734 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
735
736 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
737 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
738 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
739 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
740 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
741 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
742 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
743 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
744 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
745 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
746
747 * sd-event gained a new call pair
748 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
749 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
750 when the event source is destroyed.
751
752 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
753 connections.
754
755 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
756 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
757 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
758 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
759 new transitional flag file has been added: if
760 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
761 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
762
763 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
764 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
765 manager.
766
767 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
768 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
769 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
770 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
771 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
772
773 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
774 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
775 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
776 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
777 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
778 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
779
780 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
781 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
782 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
783 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
784 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
785 level/target is given as an argument.
786
787 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
788 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
789 where UID and GID do not match.
790
791 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
792 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
793 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
794 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
795 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
796 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
797 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
798 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
799 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
800 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
801 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
802 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
803 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
804 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
805 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
806 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
807 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
808 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
809 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
810 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
811 Палаузов
812
813 — Brno, 2018-01-28
814
815 CHANGES WITH 236:
816
817 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
818 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
819 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
820 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
821
822 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
823 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
824 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
825 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
826 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
827 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
828 valid specifiers today.)
829
830 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
831 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
832 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
833 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
834 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
835 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
836
837 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
838 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
839 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
840 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
841
842 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
843 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
844 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
845 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
846 services are resolved properly.
847
848 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
849 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
850 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
851 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
852 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
853 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
854 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
855 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
856 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
857 and btrfs.
858
859 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
860 DNS server and domain information.
861
862 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
863 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
864 runtime.
865
866 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
867 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
868 empty for the first time.
869
870 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
871 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
872 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
873 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
874 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
875 running in the user session.
876
877 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
878 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
879 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
880 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
881 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
882 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
883 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
884 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
885 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
886 user instance).
887
888 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
889 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
890
891 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
892 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
893 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
894 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
895
896 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
897 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
898
899 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
900 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
901 sleep verbs.
902
903 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
904
905 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
906 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
907
908 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
909
910 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
911 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
912 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
913
914 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
915 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
916 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
917 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
918 instance.
919
920 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
921 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
922 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
923
924 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
925 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
926 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
927
928 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
929
930 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
931 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
932 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
933 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
934 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
935 processes.
936
937 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
938 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
939 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
940 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
941
942 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
943 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
944 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
945
946 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
947 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
948 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
949 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
950 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
951
952 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
953 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
954
955 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
956 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
957 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
958 time the specified expression would elapse.
959
960 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
961 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
962 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
963 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
964 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
965 types, not just services.
966
967 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
968 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
969 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
970 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
971
972 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
973 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
974 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
975 interface for this purpose.
976
977 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
978 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
979 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
980 anyway.
981
982 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
983 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
984 requirements of systemd.
985
986 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
987 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
988 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
989
990 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
991 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
992 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
993 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
994
995 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
996 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
997 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
998 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
999
1000 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1001 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1002
1003 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1004 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1005 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1006 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1007 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1008 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1009
1010 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1011 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1012 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1013
1014 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1015 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1016 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
1017 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
1018 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1019 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1020 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1021 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1022 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1023 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1024 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1025 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1026 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1027 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1028 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1029 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1030 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1031 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1032 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1033 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1034 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1035 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1036 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1037
1038 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
1039
1040 CHANGES WITH 235:
1041
1042 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1043 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1044 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1045 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
1046 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
1047 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1048 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1049 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1050 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1051 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1052 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1053 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1054 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1055 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1056 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1057 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1058 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1059 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1060 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1061 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1062 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1063 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1064 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1065 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1066 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1067 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1068
1069 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1070 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1071 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1072 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1073 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1074 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1075 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1076 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
1077
1078 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
1079 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1080 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1081 used to change those values.
1082
1083 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1084 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
1085 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1086 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1087 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1088 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
1089
1090 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1091 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1092 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1093 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
1094
1095 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1096 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1097 one top-level directory.
1098
1099 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1100 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1101 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
1102 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
1103 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1104 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1105 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1106 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1107 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1108 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1109 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
1110 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1111 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1112 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1113 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
1114
1115 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1116 Meson-only.
1117
1118 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1119 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1120 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1121 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1122 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1123 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1124 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1125 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1126 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1127 acceptable to us.
1128
1129 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1130 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1131 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1132 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1133 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1134 requested at build time.
1135
1136 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1137 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1138 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1139 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1140 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1141 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1142 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1143 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1144 Type= setting which permits configuring
1145 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1146
1147 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1148 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1149 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1150 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1151 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1152 local frames between bridge ports.
1153
1154 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1155 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1156 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1157
1158 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
1159 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
1160
1161 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
1162 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1163 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
1164 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1165
1166 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1167 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1168 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
1169 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1170 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1171 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1172 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
1173 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1174
1175 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1176 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1177 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1178 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1179 command.)
1180
1181 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1182 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1183 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1184
1185 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1186 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
1187 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1188 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1189
1190 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1191 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1192 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1193 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1194 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1195 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1196 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1197 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1198 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1199 on systems where this is not supported.
1200
1201 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1202 sockets.
1203
1204 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1205 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1206 during runtime.
1207
1208 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1209 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
1210 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
1211
1212 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1213 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1214 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1215
1216 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1217 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
1218 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1219 Following this logic, two new special targets
1220 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
1221 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1222 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
1223
1224 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
1225 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1226 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
1227 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1228
1229 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1230 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1231 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1232 --wait".
1233
1234 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1235 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1236 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1237 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1238 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1239 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1240 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1241 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1242 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1243
1244 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
1245 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
1246 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1247 invocation.
1248
1249 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1250 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1251 processes.
1252
1253 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1254 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1255 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
1256 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1257 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
1258 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1259 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1260 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1261 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1262 systems for all five operations.
1263
1264 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1265 the system.
1266
1267 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1268 than UTC or the local timezone.
1269
1270 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
1271 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1272 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1273 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1274 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1275 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1276 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1277 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
1278
1279 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1280 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1281 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1282 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
1283 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1284 again.
1285
1286 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1287 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1288 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
1289
1290 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1291 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
1292 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1293 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1294 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1295 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1296 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1297 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1298 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1299 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1300 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1301 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1302 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1303 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1304 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1305 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1306 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1307 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1308 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1309 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1310
1311 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
1312
1313 CHANGES WITH 234:
1314
1315 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1316 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1317 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1318 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1319 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1320 summary:
1321
1322 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1323
1324 becomes:
1325
1326 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1327
1328 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1329 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1330 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1331 .device units.
1332
1333 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1334 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1335 running a systemd user instance.
1336
1337 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1338 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1339 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1340 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1341 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1342 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1343
1344 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
1345
1346 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1347 (domain search list).
1348
1349 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
1350 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
1351 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1352 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1353 implementation of RA.
1354
1355 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1356 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1357 ISO date values.
1358
1359 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1360 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1361 devices.
1362
1363 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1364 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1365 option.
1366
1367 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
1368 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1369 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1370 default yet.
1371
1372 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1373 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1374 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1375 SHA256SUMS files.
1376
1377 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1378 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1379
1380 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1381
1382 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1383
1384 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1385 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
1386
1387 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1388 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1389 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1390 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1391
1392 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1393 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
1394 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
1395 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1396 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1397 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1398 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1399 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1400 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1401 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1402
1403 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1404 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1405 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1406 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
1407 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
1408 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1409
1410 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
1411 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1412 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1413 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1414 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
1415 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1416 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1417 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1418 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
1419 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1420 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1421 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1422 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1423 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1424 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1425 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1426 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1427 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1428 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1429 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1430 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1431 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1432 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1433 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1434 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1435 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1436 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
1437 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1438 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1439 Георгиевски
1440
1441 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
1442
1443 CHANGES WITH 233:
1444
1445 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1446 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1447 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1448 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1449 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1450 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1451 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1452 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1453 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1454
1455 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1456 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1457 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1458 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1459 default selected on the configure command line
1460 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1461 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1462 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1463 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1464 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1465 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1466 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1467 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1468 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1469 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1470
1471 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1472 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1473 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1474 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1475 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1476 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1477 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1478 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1479 further details about this.)
1480
1481 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1482 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1483 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1484
1485 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1486 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1487
1488 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
1489 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1490 with 'make install-tests'.
1491
1492 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1493 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1494 kernel.
1495
1496 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1497 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1498 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1499 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1500 by the Slice= option.
1501
1502 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1503 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1504 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1505 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1506
1507 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1508 following choices:
1509
1510 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
1511 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
1512 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
1513 (h)elp
1514 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
1515 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
1516 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1517 (y)es, execute the command
1518
1519 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1520 because its meaning was confusing.
1521
1522 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1523 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1524
1525 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1526 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1527 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1528
1529 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1530 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1531 state directly, without executing these commands.
1532
1533 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1534 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
1535 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
1536
1537 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1538 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1539 combination with After=) have been started.
1540
1541 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1542 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
1543 setting, and which system calls they contain.
1544
1545 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
1546 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
1547 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
1548 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
1549 configuration related calls.
1550
1551 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1552 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1553 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
1554 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1555 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1556 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1557 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
1558
1559 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1560 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
1561
1562 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1563 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1564 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1565
1566 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1567 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1568
1569 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1570 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1571 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1572 for compatibility.
1573
1574 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1575 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1576
1577 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1578 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1579
1580 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1581 support for negative matching.
1582
1583 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1584
1585 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1586 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1587
1588 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1589 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1590 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1591 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1592 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1593 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1594 removed from the drive.
1595
1596 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1597 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
1598
1599 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
1600 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
1601
1602 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
1603 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
1604 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
1605
1606 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
1607 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
1608 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
1609 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
1610 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
1611 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
1612 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
1613
1614 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
1615 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
1616 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
1617 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
1618 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
1619 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
1620
1621 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
1622 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
1623
1624 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
1625 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
1626 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
1627 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
1628 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
1629 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
1630 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
1631 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
1632
1633 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
1634 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
1635 including all control processes.
1636
1637 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
1638 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
1639 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
1640
1641 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1642 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
1643 prefixing the source path with "+".
1644
1645 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1646 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
1647 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
1648 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
1649 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
1650 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
1651 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
1652 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
1653
1654 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
1655 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
1656 before).
1657
1658 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
1659 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
1660 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
1661 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
1662 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
1663 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
1664 the new --root-hash= command line option).
1665
1666 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
1667 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
1668 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
1669 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
1670 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
1671 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
1672 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
1673 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
1674 versions.
1675
1676 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
1677 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
1678 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
1679 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
1680 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
1681 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
1682 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
1683 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
1684 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
1685 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
1686 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
1687 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
1688 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
1689 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
1690 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
1691 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
1692 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
1693 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
1694 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
1695 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
1696 a Verity-enabled root partition.
1697
1698 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
1699 accelerometer quirks.
1700
1701 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
1702 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
1703 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
1704 ID of each service.
1705
1706 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
1707 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
1708 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
1709 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
1710 view.
1711
1712 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
1713 environment variables:
1714
1715 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
1716
1717 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
1718 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
1719 address.
1720
1721 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
1722 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
1723 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
1724
1725 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
1726 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
1727 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
1728 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
1729 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
1730 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
1731 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
1732 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
1733 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
1734 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
1735 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
1736 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
1737 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
1738
1739 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
1740 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
1741 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
1742
1743 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
1744 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
1745
1746 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
1747 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
1748 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
1749 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
1750 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
1751
1752 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
1753 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
1754 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
1755
1756 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
1757 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
1758
1759 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
1760 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
1761 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
1762 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
1763
1764 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
1765 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
1766 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
1767 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
1768 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
1769 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
1770 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
1771 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
1772 possibly even including full integrity data.
1773
1774 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
1775 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
1776 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
1777 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
1778 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
1779
1780 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
1781 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
1782 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
1783 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
1784 directly with systemd-nspawn.
1785
1786 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
1787 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
1788 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
1789 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
1790
1791 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
1792 of coredumps in reverse order.
1793
1794 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
1795 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
1796 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
1797 additional informational message in its output.
1798
1799 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
1800 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
1801 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
1802
1803 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
1804 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
1805 scripting languages such as Python.
1806
1807 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
1808 namespacing is enabled for them.
1809
1810 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
1811 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
1812 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
1813 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
1814 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
1815 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
1816
1817 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
1818 root key (KSK).
1819
1820 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
1821 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
1822 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
1823
1824 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
1825 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
1826 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
1827 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
1828 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
1829 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
1830 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
1831 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
1832 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
1833 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1834 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1835 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1836 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1837 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1838 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1839 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1840 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1841 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1842 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1843 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1844 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1845 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1846 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1847 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1848 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1849 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1850 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1851 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1852 Тихонов
1853
1854 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
1855
1856 CHANGES WITH 232:
1857
1858 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1859 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1860 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1861 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1862 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1863 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1864
1865 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1866 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1867
1868 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
1869 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1870 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
1871
1872 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1873 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1874 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1875
1876 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
1877 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1878 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1879 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1880
1881 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
1882 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1883
1884 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1885 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1886 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1887
1888 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1889 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1890 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1891 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1892 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1893 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1894 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
1895 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1896 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1897 permanent modifications to the system.
1898
1899 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
1900 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
1901 container or chroot environments.
1902
1903 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
1904 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1905 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1906 mapped to nobody.
1907
1908 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1909 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1910 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1911 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1912
1913 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1914 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1915
1916 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1917 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1918 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1919 and the support is provisional.
1920
1921 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1922 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1923 unit files in the file system).
1924
1925 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1926 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1927 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1928 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1929 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1930 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1931 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1932 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1933 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1934 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1935 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1936 state is fixed automatically.
1937
1938 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1939 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1940 option.
1941
1942 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1943 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1944 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1945 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1946 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1947 else.
1948
1949 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1950 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1951 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1952 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1953 bootable on physical systems.
1954
1955 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
1956
1957 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1958 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1959 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1960 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1961 used.
1962
1963 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
1964 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
1965 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1966 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1967
1968 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
1969
1970 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
1971 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1972 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1973 of the container).
1974
1975 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
1976 files from the specified location.
1977
1978 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1979 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1980 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1981 be active.
1982
1983 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1984 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1985 trackball devices.
1986
1987 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1988 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1989 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1990
1991 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
1992 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1993 specified service binary exited.)
1994
1995 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
1996 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1997
1998 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
1999 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
2000 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2001 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2002 --since= and --until= options.
2003
2004 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2005 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2006 are automatically propagated to the container.
2007
2008 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
2009 from a single IP address can be limited with
2010 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2011 MaxConnections=.
2012
2013 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2014 configuration.
2015
2016 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2017 drop-ins.
2018
2019 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2020 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2021 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2022 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2023 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2024 [Link] section of .link files.
2025
2026 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2027 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2028 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2029 section of .netdev files.
2030
2031 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
2032 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2033 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2034
2035 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
2036 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2037 .network files.
2038
2039 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2040 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2041 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2042 service runtime cycle.
2043
2044 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
2045 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
2046 has been traditionally doing.
2047
2048 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2049 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2050 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2051 prevent any later plugins from running.
2052
2053 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
2054 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
2055 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2056 default of SplitMode=uid.
2057
2058 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2059 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2060 useful.
2061
2062 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2063 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2064 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2065 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2066 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2067 individual namespaces.
2068
2069 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2070 the output, as well as OS release information.
2071
2072 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2073
2074 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2075 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2076 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2077 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2078 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2079
2080 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
2081 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
2082 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2083 severed.
2084
2085 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2086 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2087 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2088 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2089 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2090 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2091 information about exit statuses and results.
2092
2093 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2094 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2095 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2096 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2097 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2098 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2099
2100 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2101
2102 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2103 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2104 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2105 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2106 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2107 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2108 entirely.
2109
2110 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2111 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2112 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2113
2114 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2115 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2116 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2117 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2118 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2119 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2120 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2121 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2122 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2123 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2124 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2125 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2126 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2127 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2128 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2129 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2130 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2131
2132 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2133 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2134 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2135 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2136
2137 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2138 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2139 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2140 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2141
2142 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2143 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2144 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2145 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2146 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2147 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2148 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2149 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2150 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2151 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2152 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2153 fragment entirely.)
2154
2155 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2156 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2157 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2158
2159 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2160 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2161 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2162 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2163
2164 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2165 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2166 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2167 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2168 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2169 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2170
2171 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2172 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2173
2174 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2175 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2176
2177 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2178 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2179 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2180 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2181 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2182
2183 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2184 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2185 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2186 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2187 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2188 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2189 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2190 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2191 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2192 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2193 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2194 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2195 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2196 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2197 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2198 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2199 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2200 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2201 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2202 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2203 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2204 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2205 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2206 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2207 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2208 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2209
2210 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
2211
2212 CHANGES WITH 231:
2213
2214 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2215 with an additional special character as first argument of the
2216 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
2217 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2218 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2219 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2220 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2221 independently.
2222
2223 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2224 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2225
2226 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2227 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2228 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2229 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
2230 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
2231 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2232 values.
2233
2234 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2235 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2236 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2237 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2238 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2239
2240 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2241 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2242 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2243 7:10am every day.
2244
2245 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2246 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2247 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2248 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2249 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2250 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2251 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2252 available for compatibility.
2253
2254 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2255 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2256 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2257 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2258 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2259 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2260
2261 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2262 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2263 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2264 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2265 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2266 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2267 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2268 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2269 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2270
2271 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2272 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2273 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2274 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
2275 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2276 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2277 desired options.
2278
2279 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2280 cgroupsv2.
2281
2282 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2283 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2284 limited to subgroups of that group.
2285
2286 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2287 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2288 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
2289 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
2290 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2291 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2292 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2293 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2294
2295 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2296 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2297 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2298 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2299 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2300 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2301 own long-running services.
2302
2303 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2304 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2305 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2306 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2307
2308 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2309 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2310 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2311 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2312 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2313 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2314 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2315 primitives.
2316
2317 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2318 "terminate".
2319
2320 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2321 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2322
2323 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2324 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2325 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2326 --flush-caches".
2327
2328 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
2329 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2330 is shown.
2331
2332 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2333 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2334 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
2335 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
2336 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2337 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2338
2339 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2340 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2341 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2342 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2343 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2344 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2345 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2346 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2347 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2348 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2349 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2350 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2351 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2352 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2353 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2354 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2355 bus API instead.
2356
2357 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2358 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2359 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2360 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2361
2362 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2363 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2364 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2365 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2366
2367 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2368 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2369 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2370
2371 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2372 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2373
2374 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2375 interface configuration.
2376
2377 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2378 specifying the --force switch.
2379
2380 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2381 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2382 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2383
2384 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2385 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2386 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2387 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
2388 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
2389 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2390 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2391 to be handled.
2392
2393 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2394 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2395
2396 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2397 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2398
2399 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2400 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2401 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2402
2403 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2404 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2405
2406 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2407 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2408 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2409 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2410 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2411 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
2412 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
2413 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2414 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2415 library.
2416
2417 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2418 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2419 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2420 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2421 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2422 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
2423 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
2424 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2425 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
2426 doc/HACKING for details.
2427
2428 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2429 distribution's bugtracker.
2430
2431 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2432 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2433 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2434 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2435 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2436 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2437 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2438 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2439 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2440 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2441 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2442 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2443 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2444 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2445 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2446 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
2447 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2448 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
2449 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2450
2451 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
2452
2453 CHANGES WITH 230:
2454
2455 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2456 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2457 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2458 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2459 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2460 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2461 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2462 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2463 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
2464 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
2465 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2466 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2467 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2468 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2469 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
2470 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2471 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2472 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2473 applications.)
2474
2475 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
2476 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
2477 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
2478
2479 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2480 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
2481 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
2482 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2483 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2484 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2485 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
2486
2487 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2488 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2489 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
2490 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
2491 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
2492 command works for tmux.
2493
2494 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2495 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2496 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
2497 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2498 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2499 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
2500
2501 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
2502 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
2503
2504 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2505 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
2506 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
2507
2508 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2509
2510 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
2511 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
2512 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2513 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2514 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
2515
2516 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2517 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2518 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
2519 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
2520
2521 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2522 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
2523 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2524 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
2525 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2526 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
2527
2528 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2529 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
2530 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2531
2532 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2533 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2534 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2535 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2536 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2537 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2538
2539 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2540 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2541 address.
2542
2543 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2544 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2545 should be emitted.
2546
2547 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
2548 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2549 supported.
2550
2551 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2552 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2553 logging performance.
2554
2555 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2556 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2557 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2558 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2559 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2560 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2561
2562 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2563 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2564 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2565 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2566
2567 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2568 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
2569
2570 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2571 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2572 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2573
2574 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
2575
2576 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2577 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
2578 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2579 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
2580
2581 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2582 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2583 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2584 refuse to operate on such files.
2585
2586 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2587 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2588 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2589
2590 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2591 just hidden container images.
2592
2593 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2594 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2595
2596 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2597 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2598 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2599 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
2600 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
2601 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
2602 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
2603 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
2604 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
2605 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
2606 been changed to use this functionality by default.
2607
2608 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
2609 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
2610 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
2611 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
2612 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
2613 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
2614 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
2615 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
2616 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
2617 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
2618 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
2619 terminates.
2620
2621 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
2622 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
2623 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
2624 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
2625
2626 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
2627 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
2628 rate of the socket unit.
2629
2630 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
2631 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
2632 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
2633 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
2634 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
2635
2636 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
2637 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
2638 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
2639 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
2640 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
2641 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
2642 with this.
2643
2644 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
2645 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
2646
2647 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
2648 merged into the kernel in its current form.
2649
2650 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
2651 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
2652 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
2653 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
2654 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
2655
2656 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
2657 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
2658 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
2659
2660 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
2661 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
2662 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
2663 target is now included in early userspace.
2664
2665 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
2666 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
2667 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
2668 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
2669 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
2670 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
2671 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
2672 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
2673 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
2674 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
2675 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
2676 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
2677 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
2678 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
2679 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
2680 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
2681 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
2682 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
2683 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
2684 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2685 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
2686 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
2687 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
2688 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
2689 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2690 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2691
2692 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
2693
2694 CHANGES WITH 229:
2695
2696 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
2697 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
2698 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
2699 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
2700 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
2701 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
2702 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
2703 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
2704 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
2705 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
2706 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
2707 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
2708 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
2709
2710 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
2711 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
2712 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
2713 /usr/bin.
2714
2715 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
2716 devices.
2717
2718 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
2719 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
2720 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
2721 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
2722 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
2723 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
2724 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
2725 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
2726 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
2727 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
2728 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
2729 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
2730 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
2731 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
2732 this limit.
2733
2734 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
2735 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
2736 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
2737 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
2738 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
2739 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
2740 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
2741 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
2742
2743 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
2744 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
2745 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
2746 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
2747 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
2748 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
2749 and group at package installation time.
2750
2751 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
2752 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
2753 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
2754 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
2755 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
2756
2757 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
2758 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
2759 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
2760 supports it.
2761
2762 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
2763 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
2764
2765 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
2766 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
2767 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
2768 file is already initialized.
2769
2770 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
2771 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
2772 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
2773 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
2774 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
2775 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
2776 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
2777 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
2778 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
2779
2780 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
2781 working directory for the process started in the container.
2782
2783 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
2784 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
2785 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
2786 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
2787 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
2788
2789 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2790 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
2791 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
2792
2793 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
2794 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
2795 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
2796 sd_journal_restart_fields().
2797
2798 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
2799 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
2800 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
2801 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
2802 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
2803
2804 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
2805 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
2806 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
2807 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
2808
2809 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
2810 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
2811 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
2812 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
2813 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
2814 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
2815 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
2816 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
2817 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
2818 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
2819 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
2820 by PID 1.
2821
2822 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
2823 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
2824 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
2825 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
2826 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
2827 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
2828 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
2829 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
2830
2831 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
2832
2833 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
2834 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
2835 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2836
2837 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2838 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2839 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
2840 recent kernels.
2841
2842 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2843 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2844
2845 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
2846 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2847 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2848 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2849 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2850 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2851 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2852 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2853 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2854 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
2855 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
2856 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2857 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
2858
2859 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
2860 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2861 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2862 clusters or larger setups.
2863
2864 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2865
2866 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2867 sockets.
2868
2869 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2870
2871 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2872 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2873 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2874 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2875 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2876 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2877
2878 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2879 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2880 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2881
2882 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2883 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
2884 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2885 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
2886
2887 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
2888
2889 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
2890 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
2891 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
2892 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
2893 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
2894 maintain compatibility.
2895
2896 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2897 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2898 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2899 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2900 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2901 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2902 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2903 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2904 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2905 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2906 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2907 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2908 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2909 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2910 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2911 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2912 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2913 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2914 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2915
2916 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
2917
2918 CHANGES WITH 228:
2919
2920 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2921 files are now also available as properties to set when
2922 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2923 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2924 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2925 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2926 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2927 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2928 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2929
2930 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2931 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2932 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
2933
2934 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2935 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2936 created transiently.
2937
2938 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2939 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2940 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2941 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2942 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
2943 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
2944 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2945 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2946
2947 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2948 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2949 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2950
2951 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2952 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2953 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2954 enabled.
2955
2956 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2957 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2958 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2959 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2960 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2961 subvolumes.
2962
2963 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2964 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2965
2966 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
2967 individual indexes.
2968
2969 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2970 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2971 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2972 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2973 suffixes now.
2974
2975 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2976 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2977 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2978 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2979 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2980 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2981 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2982 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2983 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2984 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2985 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2986 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2987 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2988 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2989 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2990 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2991 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2992 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2993 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2994 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2995 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2996
2997 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2998 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2999 links between the host and the container.
3000
3001 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3002 added that allows importing select environment variables
3003 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3004 the service.
3005
3006 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
3007 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
3008 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3009 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3010 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3011 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3012 than until they first elapse.
3013
3014 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
3015 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3016 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
3017 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3018 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3019 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3020 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3021 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
3022
3023 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3024 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3025 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3026 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3027 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3028 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3029 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
3030 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
3031 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3032 journal and in coredump handling.
3033
3034 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3035 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3036 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
3037 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
3038 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3039 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3040 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3041 software you package still references it, as this is a
3042 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3043 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3044
3045 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
3046
3047 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3048 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3049
3050 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3051 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3052 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3053
3054 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3055 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3056 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3057 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3058 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3059 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3060 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3061 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3062 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3063 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3064 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3065 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3066 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3067 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3068 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3069 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3070
3071 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3072 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3073 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3074 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3075 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3076 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3077 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3078 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3079 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3080 surprises.
3081
3082 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3083 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3084 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3085 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3086 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3087 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3088 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3089 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3090 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3091 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3092 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
3093 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
3094 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3095 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3096 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3097 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3098 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3099 of PID 1 is the root user).
3100
3101 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3102 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3103 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3104 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3105 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3106 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3107 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3108 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3109 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3110 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3111 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3112 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3113 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3114 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3115 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3116
3117 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
3118
3119 CHANGES WITH 227:
3120
3121 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3122 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3123 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3124
3125 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3126 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3127 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3128 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3129 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3130 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3131
3132 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3133 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
3134 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3135 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
3136 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
3137
3138 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
3139 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3140 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3141 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3142 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3143 packets on unestablished sockets.
3144
3145 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
3146 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
3147 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3148 automatically.
3149
3150 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3151 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3152 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3153
3154 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3155 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3156 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3157 for disk IO.
3158
3159 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3160 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3161 removed.
3162
3163 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3164 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3165 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3166 configured in User=.
3167
3168 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3169 directory of the selected user by default.
3170
3171 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
3172 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3173 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3174 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3175 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3176 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3177 compat reasons.
3178
3179 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
3180 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
3181 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3182 units.
3183
3184 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3185 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3186 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3187 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3188 level.
3189
3190 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3191 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3192 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3193 namespaces work correctly.
3194
3195 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3196 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3197 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
3198 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
3199 activation.
3200
3201 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3202 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3203 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3204 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3205 system instance in a container.
3206
3207 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3208 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3209 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3210 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3211 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3212 connections.
3213
3214 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3215 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3216
3217 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3218 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3219 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3220 processes attached, or similar.
3221
3222 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3223 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3224 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3225
3226 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3227 specifiers like %i or %f.
3228
3229 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
3230 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3231 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3232 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3233
3234 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3235 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
3236 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
3237 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3238 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3239 descriptors using sd_notify().
3240
3241 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3242
3243 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
3244 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
3245
3246 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3247 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3248
3249 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
3250 .network files.
3251
3252 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3253 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3254 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3255 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3256 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3257 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3258 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3259 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3260 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3261 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3262 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3263 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3264 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3265 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3266 gdm-autologin is used.
3267
3268 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3269 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3270 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3271 next to the image file.
3272
3273 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3274 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3275 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3276 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3277
3278 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3279 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3280 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3281 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3282 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3283 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3284
3285 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3286 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3287 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3288 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
3289 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
3290 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3291 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3292 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3293 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3294 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3295 number of files in place.
3296
3297 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3298 on kernels where that is supported.
3299
3300 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
3301
3302 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3303 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3304 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3305 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3306 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3307 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3308 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3309 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3310 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3311 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3312 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3313 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3314 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3315 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3316 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3317 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3318 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3319 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
3320
3321 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
3322
3323 CHANGES WITH 226:
3324
3325 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3326 new features:
3327
3328 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3329 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3330 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3331 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3332 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3333 is any) is propagated.
3334
3335 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3336 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3337 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3338 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3339 information is enabled between host and containers by
3340 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3341 to what the host has set.
3342
3343 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3344 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
3345
3346 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3347 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3348 information back, even if the server loses state.
3349
3350 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3351 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3352 PoolSize=.
3353
3354 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3355 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3356 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3357 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
3358
3359 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3360 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3361 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3362 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3363 'dbus-daemon' systems.
3364
3365 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3366 for virtio devices.
3367
3368 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3369 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3370 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3371 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3372 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3373 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3374 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3375 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
3376 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
3377 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3378 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3379 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3380 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3381 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3382 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3383 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3384 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3385 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3386 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3387 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3388 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3389 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3390 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3391 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3392 grants them.
3393
3394 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3395 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3396 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3397 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3398 group tree.
3399
3400 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3401 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3402 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3403 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3404 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3405 work correctly in containers now.
3406
3407 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3408 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3409
3410 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3411 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
3412 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3413 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3414 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3415
3416 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3417 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3418 signal events.
3419
3420 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3421 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3422 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3423 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
3424
3425 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3426 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3427 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3428 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3429 nspawn command line.
3430
3431 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3432 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3433 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3434 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3435 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3436 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3437 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3438 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
3439
3440 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
3441
3442 CHANGES WITH 225:
3443
3444 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3445 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3446 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3447 shell directly without prompting for username or
3448 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3449 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3450 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3451 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3452 the originating session.
3453
3454 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3455 options and allows other programs to query the values.
3456
3457 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
3458 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
3459 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
3460 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
3461 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
3462 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
3463 probably not stabilize on this release.
3464
3465 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3466 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3467 messages.
3468
3469 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3470 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3471 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3472
3473 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3474 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3475
3476 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3477 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3478 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3479 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3480 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3481 posteriori.
3482
3483 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3484 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3485
3486 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3487 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3488 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3489 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3490 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3491 "lastlog" tools.
3492
3493 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3494 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3495 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3496 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3497 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3498
3499 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3500 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3501 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3502 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3503 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3504 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3505 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3506 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3507 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3508 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3509 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3510 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3511
3512 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
3513
3514 CHANGES WITH 224:
3515
3516 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3517 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3518
3519 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3520 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3521 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
3522
3523 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3524 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3525 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3526
3527 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
3528
3529 CHANGES WITH 223:
3530
3531 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3532 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3533 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3534 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3535
3536 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
3537 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3538
3539 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3540 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3541
3542 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
3543
3544 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
3545 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
3546 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
3547
3548 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3549 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3550 decapsulated packet.
3551
3552 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3553 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3554 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3555 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3556 netlink attribute.
3557
3558 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3559 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3560 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3561 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3562
3563 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3564 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3565 according to RFC2460.
3566
3567 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3568 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3569
3570 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
3571 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
3572 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3573
3574 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3575 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3576 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3577 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3578 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3579 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3580
3581 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
3582 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3583 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3584 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3585 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3586 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3587 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3588 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3589 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3590 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3591
3592 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
3593
3594 CHANGES WITH 222:
3595
3596 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3597 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3598 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3599
3600 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
3601 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
3602
3603 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
3604 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
3605 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
3606 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
3607 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
3608
3609 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
3610 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
3611 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
3612
3613 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
3614 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
3615 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
3616 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
3617 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
3618
3619 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3620
3621 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
3622 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
3623 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
3624 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
3625 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
3626 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3627 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
3628 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
3629 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3630 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3631
3632 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
3633
3634 CHANGES WITH 221:
3635
3636 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
3637 stable and have been added to the official interface of
3638 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
3639 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
3640 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
3641 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
3642 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
3643 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
3644 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
3645 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
3646 portable to other kernels.
3647
3648 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
3649 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
3650 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
3651 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
3652 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
3653 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
3654 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
3655 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
3656 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
3657 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
3658 systemd enabled.
3659
3660 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
3661 2.26.
3662
3663 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
3664 favor of calling an abstraction tool
3665 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
3666 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
3667 in README for details.
3668
3669 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
3670 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
3671 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
3672 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
3673 unit.
3674
3675 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
3676 into man pages.
3677
3678 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
3679 external project.
3680
3681 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
3682 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
3683
3684 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
3685 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
3686 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
3687 state.
3688
3689 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
3690 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
3691 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
3692
3693 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
3694 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
3695 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
3696 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
3697 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
3698 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
3699 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
3700 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
3701 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
3702 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3703 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
3704 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
3705 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
3706 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3707 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
3708 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3709
3710 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
3711
3712 CHANGES WITH 220:
3713
3714 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
3715 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
3716 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
3717 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
3718 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
3719 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
3720 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
3721 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
3722
3723 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
3724 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
3725 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
3726 service consumed). This value is only available if
3727 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
3728 in the "systemctl status" output.
3729
3730 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
3731 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
3732 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
3733 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
3734 previously was already the default behaviour).
3735
3736 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
3737 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
3738 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
3739
3740 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
3741 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
3742 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
3743 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
3744
3745 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
3746 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
3747 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
3748 journalling file systems that support external journal
3749 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
3750 systems to be mounted.
3751
3752 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
3753 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
3754 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
3755 stable release this should not be problematic.
3756
3757 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
3758 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
3759 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
3760 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
3761 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
3762
3763 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
3764 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
3765 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
3766 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
3767 network switches.
3768
3769 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
3770 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
3771
3772 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
3773 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
3774 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
3775
3776 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
3777
3778 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
3779 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
3780 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
3781 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
3782 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
3783 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
3784 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
3785 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
3786 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
3787 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
3788 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
3789 been fixed in v220.
3790
3791 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
3792 systemd-networkd.
3793
3794 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
3795 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
3796 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
3797 containers started from the command line.
3798
3799 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
3800 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
3801
3802 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
3803 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
3804 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
3805 indirection via a pseudo tty.
3806
3807 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
3808 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
3809 when shutting down.
3810
3811 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
3812 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
3813 overlayfs support.
3814
3815 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
3816 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
3817 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
3818 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
3819 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
3820 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
3821 images are imported via systemd-importd.
3822
3823 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
3824 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
3825 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
3826
3827 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
3828 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
3829 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
3830 of v1 as before).
3831
3832 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
3833 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
3834
3835 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
3836 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
3837 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
3838 without further privileges or authorization.
3839
3840 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3841 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3842 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3843 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3844 accessible via a bus interface.
3845
3846 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3847 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3848 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3849 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3850 to cover this functionality.
3851
3852 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
3853 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
3854 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3855 disabled/masked also stopped.
3856
3857 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
3858 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3859 updated to support systemd-boot.
3860
3861 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3862 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3863 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3864 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3865 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
3866 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
3867 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3868 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3869 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3870
3871 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3872 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3873 system.
3874
3875 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3876 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3877 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3878 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3879 device symlinks.
3880
3881 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3882 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3883 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3884 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3885
3886 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3887 stick devices has been added.
3888
3889 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3890 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3891
3892 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3893 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3894 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3895 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3896 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3897
3898 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3899 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3900 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3901
3902 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3903 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3904 Debian.
3905
3906 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3907 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3908 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3909
3910 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3911 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3912 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3913 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3914 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3915 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3916 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3917 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3918 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3919 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3920 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3921 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3922 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3923 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3924 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3925 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3926 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3927 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3928 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3929 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3930 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3931 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3932 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3933 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3934 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3935 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3936 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3937
3938 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
3939
3940 CHANGES WITH 219:
3941
3942 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3943 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3944 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3945 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3946 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3947 interface with and update the database.
3948
3949 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3950 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3951 before bytewise copying is done.
3952
3953 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3954 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3955 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3956 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3957 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3958 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3959 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3960 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3961 available on btrfs file systems.
3962
3963 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3964 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
3965 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
3966 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3967 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3968 systems.
3969
3970 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3971 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3972 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3973 mount point remains.
3974
3975 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3976 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3977 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3978 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3979 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3980 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3981 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3982 are disabled.
3983
3984 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3985 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3986 container to the host or vice versa.
3987
3988 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3989 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3990 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3991
3992 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3993 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3994
3995 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3996 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3997 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3998 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3999 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4000 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4001 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4002 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4003 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
4004 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
4005 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4006 make the functionality of importd available to the
4007 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4008 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4009 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4010 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4011 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4012 only fully supported on btrfs.
4013
4014 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4015 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4016 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4017 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4018 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4019 information about images.
4020
4021 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4022 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
4023 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
4024 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4025 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4026 legacy file systems).
4027
4028 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4029 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4030 shown in networkctl output.
4031
4032 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4033 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4034 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4035 processes as system services while interactively
4036 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4037 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4038 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4039 full login session, the difference being that the former
4040 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4041 setup.
4042
4043 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4044 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4045 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4046 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4047 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4048
4049 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4050 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4051 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4052 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4053 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4054 via qemu/kvm.
4055
4056 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4057 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4058 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4059 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4060 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4061 disk images, too.
4062
4063 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4064 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4065 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4066 integrate with that.
4067
4068 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4069 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4070 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4071 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4072
4073 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4074 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4075 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4076
4077 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4078 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4079 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4080 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4081 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4082 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4083 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4084 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4085 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4086 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4087
4088 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4089 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4090 files.
4091
4092 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4093 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
4094 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
4095 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
4096 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4097 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4098 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4099 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4100 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4101 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4102 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4103 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4104 explicitly turned on.
4105
4106 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4107 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4108 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4109 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4110
4111 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4112 supported.
4113
4114 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4115 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4116 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4117 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4118 associated with a virtual machine or container
4119 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4120 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4121 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4122 output however.)
4123
4124 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4125 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4126 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4127 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4128 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4129 caller's session/user.
4130
4131 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4132 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4133 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4134 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4135 user services.
4136
4137 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4138 same way as unit files.
4139
4140 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4141 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4142 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4143 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4144 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4145 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4146 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4147 the host.
4148
4149 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4150 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4151 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4152 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4153 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4154 host.
4155
4156 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
4157 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4158 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4159 updated to make use of it too by default.
4160
4161 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4162 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4163 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4164 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4165
4166 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4167 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4168 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4169 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4170 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4171 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4172 modification.
4173
4174 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4175 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4176 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
4177 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
4178 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4179 information about Touchpad types.
4180
4181 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4182 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4183
4184 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4185 Policy link field.
4186
4187 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4188 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4189
4190 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4191 ACLs on files.
4192
4193 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4194 tmpfs, automatically.
4195
4196 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4197 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4198 status" output, if available.
4199
4200 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4201 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4202 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4203 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4204 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4205 run on next reboot.
4206
4207 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4208 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4209 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4210 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4211 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4212 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4213 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4214
4215 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4216 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4217 after a configurable timeout.
4218
4219 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4220 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4221 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4222 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4223 it non-idle.
4224
4225 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4226 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4227
4228 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4229 each .network interface in networkd.
4230
4231 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4232 in .network files.
4233
4234 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4235 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4236
4237 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
4238 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4239 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4240 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4241 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4242 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4243 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4244 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4245 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4246 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4247 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4248 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4249 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4250 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4251 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
4252 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4253 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4254 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4255 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4256 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4257 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4258 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
4259 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4260 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4261
4262 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
4263
4264 CHANGES WITH 218:
4265
4266 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4267 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4268 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
4269 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
4270
4271 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
4272 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
4273 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4274 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4275 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4276
4277 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4278
4279 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
4280 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
4281 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4282 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4283 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4284 modified configuration after editing.
4285
4286 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4287 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4288 system preset files.
4289
4290 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4291 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4292 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4293 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4294 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4295 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4296 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4297 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4298 other contexts.
4299
4300 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4301 inhibitors.
4302
4303 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
4304 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
4305 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4306 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4307 managers.
4308
4309 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4310 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4311 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4312 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4313 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
4314 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
4315 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4316 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4317 parallel to journald.
4318
4319 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4320 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4321 available.
4322
4323 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4324 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
4325 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
4326 or are not older than the specified time.
4327
4328 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4329 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4330 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4331 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4332
4333 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4334 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4335 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4336 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4337 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4338 communication.
4339
4340 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4341 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4342 services.
4343
4344 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4345 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4346 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4347 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4348 the new "busctl tree" command.
4349
4350 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4351 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4352 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4353 friendly way.
4354
4355 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4356 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4357 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4358 race-ful way.
4359
4360 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4361 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
4362 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
4363 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4364 --link-journal=try-guest.
4365
4366 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4367 stable MAC addresses.
4368
4369 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4370 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4371 the respective unit shall use.
4372
4373 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4374 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4375 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4376 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4377
4378 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
4379 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
4380 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
4381 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4382 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4383 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4384
4385 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
4386 details see:
4387
4388 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4389
4390 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4391 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
4392 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4393 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4394 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4395 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4396 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4397 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4398 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4399 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4400 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4401 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4402
4403 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4404 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4405 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4406 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4407 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4408
4409 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4410 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4411 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4412 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4413 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4414 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4415 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4416 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4417
4418 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
4419 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
4420 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4421 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4422 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4423 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4424 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4425 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4426 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4427 interface.
4428
4429 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4430 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4431 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4432 luks.name= argument.
4433
4434 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4435 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4436 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4437 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4438 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4439 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4440
4441 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4442 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4443 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4444
4445 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4446 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4447 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4448 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4449 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4450 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4451 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4452 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4453 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4454 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4455 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
4456 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4457 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4458 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4459 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4460 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4461 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4462 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4463
4464 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
4465
4466 CHANGES WITH 217:
4467
4468 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4469 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4470 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4471 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
4472
4473 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4474 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4475 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4476 now waits until the operation is complete.
4477
4478 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4479 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4480 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4481 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
4482 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4483 connection.
4484
4485 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4486 commands anymore.
4487
4488 * User units are now loaded also from
4489 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4490 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4491 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4492
4493 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
4494 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4495 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4496 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4497 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4498 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4499 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4500 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4501 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4502 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4503 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4504 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4505 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4506 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4507 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4508 question.
4509
4510 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4511 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4512 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4513
4514 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4515 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4516 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
4517 command line to trigger resume.
4518
4519 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4520 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4521 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
4522 Desktop=systemd-console.
4523
4524 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4525 systemd-networkd.
4526
4527 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
4528 from the information provided by the networking stack
4529 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4530
4531 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4532 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4533
4534 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4535 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4536 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4537
4538 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
4539
4540 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
4541 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
4542 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
4543 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4544 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4545 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
4546
4547 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
4548 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4549 respected.
4550
4551 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4552 virtualization.
4553
4554 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
4555 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
4556 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4557 on.
4558
4559 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4560
4561 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4562
4563 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4564 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
4565 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4566 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4567 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4568 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4569 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4570
4571 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4572 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4573 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4574 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4575 from the service's view entirely.
4576
4577 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4578 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4579
4580 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4581 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4582 session.
4583
4584 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4585 legacy-free systems.
4586
4587 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4588 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4589 easily.
4590
4591 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4592 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4593 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4594 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4595 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4596 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4597 option.
4598
4599 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
4600 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
4601 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
4602 /usr.
4603
4604 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
4605 services, not only the main process.
4606
4607 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
4608 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
4609 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
4610 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
4611 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
4612
4613 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
4614 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
4615 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
4616 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
4617 directly from now on, again.
4618
4619 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
4620 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
4621 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
4622 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
4623 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
4624 enabling and disabling.
4625
4626 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
4627 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
4628 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
4629 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
4630 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
4631 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
4632 unnecessary or unlikely.
4633
4634 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
4635 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
4636 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
4637 "anually", "hourly", ...).
4638
4639 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
4640 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
4641 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
4642 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
4643 overwritten at runtime.
4644
4645 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
4646 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
4647 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
4648 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
4649 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
4650 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
4651 segmentation fault.
4652
4653 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
4654 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
4655 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4656 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
4657 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
4658 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
4659 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
4660 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
4661 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
4662 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4663 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
4664 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4665 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
4666 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
4667 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
4668 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
4669 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
4670 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
4671 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4672 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4673 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
4674 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4675
4676 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4677
4678 CHANGES WITH 216:
4679
4680 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
4681 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
4682 implementations should add a
4683
4684 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
4685
4686 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
4687 default functionality.
4688
4689 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
4690 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
4691 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
4692 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
4693 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
4694 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
4695 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
4696 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
4697 files might need to be owned by them. A new
4698 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
4699 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
4700 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
4701 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
4702
4703 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
4704 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
4705 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
4706 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
4707 added eventually, too.
4708
4709 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
4710 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
4711 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
4712 new command to update these fields.
4713
4714 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
4715 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
4716 have been discovered via DHCP.
4717
4718 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
4719 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
4720 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
4721 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
4722 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
4723 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
4724 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
4725 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
4726 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
4727 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
4728 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
4729 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
4730 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
4731 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
4732 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
4733 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
4734 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
4735 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
4736 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
4737 implementation to systemd-resolved.
4738
4739 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
4740 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
4741 containers to their respective IP addresses.
4742
4743 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
4744 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
4745 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
4746 and present it to the user in a very friendly
4747 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
4748 control utility for networkd.
4749
4750 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
4751 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
4752 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
4753 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
4754 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
4755 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
4756 (NoDelay=).
4757
4758 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
4759 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
4760
4761 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
4762 be started only after time-sync.target has been
4763 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
4764 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
4765 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
4766 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
4767
4768 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
4769 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
4770 of the link.
4771
4772 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
4773 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
4774
4775 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
4776 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
4777
4778 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
4779 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
4780 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
4781 for DHCP.
4782
4783 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
4784 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
4785 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
4786 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
4787 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
4788 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
4789 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
4790 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
4791
4792 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
4793 validation of unit files.
4794
4795 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
4796 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
4797 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
4798 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
4799 address may now be configured.
4800
4801 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
4802 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
4803 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
4804 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
4805
4806 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
4807 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
4808
4809 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
4810 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
4811 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
4812 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
4813
4814 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
4815 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
4816 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
4817 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
4818 implementation.
4819
4820 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
4821 journal data to a remote system running
4822 systemd-journal-remote.
4823
4824 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
4825 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
4826 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
4827 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
4828 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
4829 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
4830 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
4831 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
4832 version, you have to turn this option on again
4833 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
4834
4835 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
4836 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
4837 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4838
4839 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4840 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4841
4842 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4843 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4844
4845 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4846 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4847 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4848
4849 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4850 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
4851 hostname, root password) interactively on first
4852 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4853 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4854
4855 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4856
4857 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4858
4859 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4860 when primary addresses are removed.
4861
4862 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4863 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4864 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4865 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4866 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4867 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4868 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4869 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4870 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4871 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4872 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4873 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4874 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4875 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4876 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4877
4878 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
4879
4880 CHANGES WITH 215:
4881
4882 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4883 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4884 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4885 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4886 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4887 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4888 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4889 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4890 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4891 require.
4892
4893 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4894 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4895
4896 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4897 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4898 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4899 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4900 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4901 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4902 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4903
4904 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4905 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4906 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4907 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4908 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4909 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4910 update or reset should use this condition and order
4911 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4912 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4913 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4914 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4915 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4916 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4917 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
4918 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
4919 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4920
4921 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4922
4923 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4924 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4925 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
4926 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4927
4928 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4929 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4930 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4931 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4932 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4933 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4934 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
4935 .network files using settings of this section should be
4936 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4937 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
4938
4939 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4940 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
4941
4942 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4943 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4944 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4945 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4946 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4947 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4948 of nspawn instances.
4949
4950 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4951 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4952 added.
4953
4954 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4955 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4956 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4957 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4958 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4959 configuration stored in /etc.
4960
4961 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4962 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4963 parsing of unknown mount options.
4964
4965 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4966 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4967 it already exist and not already be the correct
4968 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
4969 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4970 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4971 pre-existing files of different types.
4972
4973 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4974 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
4975 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
4976 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4977 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4978 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4979 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4980
4981 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4982 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4983 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4984 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4985 shall be executed.
4986
4987 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4988 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
4989 example whether it is fully up and running.
4990
4991 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4992 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4993 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4994 reset.
4995
4996 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4997 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4998
4999 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5000 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5001 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5002
5003 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5004 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5005 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5006
5007 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5008 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5009 access to this group.
5010
5011 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5012 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5013 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5014 to the journal.
5015
5016 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5017 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5018 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5019 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5020 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5021 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5022
5023 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5024 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5025 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5026 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5027 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5028 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5029 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5030 the old name to the new name.
5031
5032 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
5033 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
5034 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5035
5036 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5037 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5038 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5039 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5040 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5041 "systemd-debug-generator".
5042
5043 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5044 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5045 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5046 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5047 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5048 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5049 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
5050 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5051 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
5052 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5053 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5054
5055 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5056 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5057 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
5058 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5059 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5060 machine and user.
5061
5062 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5063 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5064 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5065 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5066 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5067
5068 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5069 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5070 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5071 couple of drop-in directories.
5072
5073 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5074 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5075 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5076 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5077 for dev_port.
5078
5079 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5080 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5081 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5082 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5083
5084 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5085 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5086 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5087 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5088 Restart= setting.
5089
5090 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5091 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5092 directly connect to a specific container on the
5093 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5094 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5095 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5096 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5097 containers is a privileged operation.
5098
5099 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5100 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5101 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5102 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5103 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5104 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5105 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5106 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5107 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5108 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5109 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5110 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5111
5112 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
5113
5114 CHANGES WITH 214:
5115
5116 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5117 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5118 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5119 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5120 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5121 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5122 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5123 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5124 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
5125 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
5126 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
5127 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
5128 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
5129 devices are excluded from this logic.
5130
5131 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5132 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5133 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5134 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5135 change has been released.
5136
5137 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
5138 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
5139 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5140
5141 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
5142 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5143 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
5144 with fewer privileges.
5145
5146 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5147 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5148 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5149 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5150
5151 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
5152 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5153
5154 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
5155 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5156
5157 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
5158 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
5159 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5160
5161 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5162 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
5163 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
5164 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5165 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
5166 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
5167
5168 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
5169 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5170 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
5171
5172 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
5173 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
5174 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5175 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5176 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5177 modifications of user data or system files from
5178 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5179 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5180
5181 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5182 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5183 and FIFOs in the file system.
5184
5185 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
5186 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5187 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5188
5189 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5190 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
5191 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
5192 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
5193 the socket itself.
5194
5195 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5196 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5197 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5198 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5199 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5200 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5201 symlinks, and nothing else.
5202
5203 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5204 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5205 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5206 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5207 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5208 process (for example, the parent process). The
5209 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5210 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5211 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5212 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5213 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5214 messages to services when the originating process already
5215 vanished.
5216
5217 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
5218 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
5219 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5220 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5221 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5222 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5223 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5224 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5225 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5226 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5227 all long-running services.
5228
5229 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5230 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5231 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5232 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5233 service.
5234
5235 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5236 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5237 applied to all submounts, too.
5238
5239 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5240
5241 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5242 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5243 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5244 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5245 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5246 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5247 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5248
5249 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
5250 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5251 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
5252 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
5253 (domU) domains.
5254
5255 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5256 files or entire directories.
5257
5258 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
5259 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5260 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5261 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
5262 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5263
5264 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5265 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5266 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5267 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
5268 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5269 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
5270 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
5271 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
5272 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5273 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5274 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5275 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5276
5277 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5278 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5279 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5280 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5281
5282 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5283 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
5284 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
5285 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
5286 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5287 non-directories.
5288
5289 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5290 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5291 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5292
5293 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5294 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5295 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5296 this group.
5297
5298 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5299 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5300 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5301 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5302 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5303 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5304 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5305
5306 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
5307
5308 CHANGES WITH 213:
5309
5310 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
5311 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
5312 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
5313 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
5314 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
5315 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5316 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
5317 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
5318 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
5319 client should be more than appropriate for most
5320 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5321 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5322 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5323 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5324 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
5325 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
5326 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
5327 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
5328 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
5329 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
5330 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
5331
5332 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5333 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
5334 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5335 part of a different namespace.
5336
5337 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5338 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
5339 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5340 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
5341
5342 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5343 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
5344 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
5345
5346 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5347 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
5348 when a service fails. This works similarly to
5349 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
5350 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5351 restart the service in question.
5352
5353 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
5354 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5355 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5356 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5357 details when running non-locally.
5358
5359 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5360 graphs it generates.
5361
5362 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5363 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5364 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5365 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5366 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5367
5368 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5369
5370 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5371 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5372 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5373 what it was on SysV systems.
5374
5375 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5376 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5377
5378 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5379 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5380 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5381 files.
5382
5383 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5384 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5385 to show these addresses in its output.
5386
5387 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5388 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5389 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5390 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5391 preferred over a text one.
5392
5393 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5394 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5395 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5396 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5397 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5398 mDNS cache.
5399
5400 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5401 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5402 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5403 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5404 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5405
5406 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
5407 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
5408 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
5409 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
5410 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5411
5412 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5413 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5414 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
5415 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
5416 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5417 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5418 overrides any other settings.
5419
5420 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
5421 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5422 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5423 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5424 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5425 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5426 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5427 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5428 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5429 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5430 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5431 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5432 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5433 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5434 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5435 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
5436 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5437
5438 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
5439
5440 CHANGES WITH 212:
5441
5442 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5443 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5444 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5445 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5446 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5447 by accident.
5448
5449 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5450 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5451 registered with machined.
5452
5453 * sd-login gained new calls
5454 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5455 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
5456 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
5457 counterparts.
5458
5459 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5460 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5461 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5462 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5463 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5464 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5465 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5466 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5467 once.
5468
5469 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5470 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5471 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5472
5473 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5474 units on all local containers, when used with the
5475 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5476 executed when no parameters are specified).
5477
5478 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5479 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5480 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5481 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5482
5483 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
5484 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
5485 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5486 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5487 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5488 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5489
5490 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5491 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5492 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5493 of the container.
5494
5495 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5496 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5497 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5498 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5499 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
5500 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5501 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5502 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
5503
5504 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5505 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5506 instead of /.
5507
5508 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5509 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5510 emergency messages now.
5511
5512 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5513 journal log messages across the network.
5514
5515 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5516 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5517 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5518 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5519 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5520 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5521 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5522
5523 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5524 down a local OS container.
5525
5526 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5527 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5528 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5529
5530 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5531 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5532 this is appropriate.
5533
5534 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
5535 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
5536 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5537
5538 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5539 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5540 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5541 for debugging purposes.
5542
5543 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5544 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5545 in seconds.
5546
5547 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5548 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5549 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5550 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5551 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5552 like on traditional inetd.
5553
5554 * A new system.conf configuration option
5555 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5556 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5557
5558 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
5559 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5560 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5561 do these days).
5562
5563 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
5564 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5565 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5566 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
5567 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5568 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
5569
5570 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5571 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5572 it will be triggered.
5573
5574 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5575 addresses to its local interfaces.
5576
5577 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5578 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5579 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5580 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5581 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5582 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5583 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5584 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5585 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5586
5587 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
5588
5589 CHANGES WITH 211:
5590
5591 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5592 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5593 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5594 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5595 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5596 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5597
5598 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5599 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
5600 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
5601 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
5602 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
5603 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
5604 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
5605 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
5606 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
5607
5608 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
5609 matching against device group names.
5610
5611 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
5612 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
5613 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
5614 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
5615 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
5616 though.
5617
5618 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
5619 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
5620 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
5621 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
5622 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5623 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
5624 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
5625 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
5626 systems prepared appropriately.
5627
5628 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
5629 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
5630 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5631 (see above). This means that installations made with
5632 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
5633 deployed using container managers, completely
5634 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
5635 this feature soon, too.)
5636
5637 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
5638 set up a private macvlan interface for the
5639 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
5640 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
5641
5642 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
5643 using IPv4LL.
5644
5645 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
5646 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
5647 systemd-networkd.
5648
5649 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
5650 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
5651 still not a public API though (unless you specify
5652 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
5653 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
5654
5655 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
5656 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
5657 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
5658 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
5659 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
5660 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
5661 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
5662 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
5663 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
5664 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
5665 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
5666 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
5667 users.
5668
5669 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
5670 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
5671 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
5672 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
5673 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
5674 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
5675 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
5676 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
5677 due to a closed lid.
5678
5679 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
5680 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
5681 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
5682 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
5683 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
5684 order to then act as suspend blocker.
5685
5686 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
5687 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
5688 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
5689 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
5690 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
5691
5692 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
5693 now also work in --scope mode.
5694
5695 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
5696 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
5697 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
5698 promises are made.)
5699
5700 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
5701 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5702 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
5703 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5704 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
5705 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
5706 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
5707 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
5708 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
5709 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5710
5711 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
5712
5713 CHANGES WITH 210:
5714
5715 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
5716 according to SMACK rules.
5717
5718 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
5719 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
5720
5721 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
5722 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
5723 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
5724
5725 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
5726 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
5727 and machine ID.
5728
5729 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
5730 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
5731 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
5732 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
5733 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
5734 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
5735 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
5736 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
5737 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
5738 backpack or similar.
5739
5740 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
5741 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
5742 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
5743 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
5744 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
5745 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
5746 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
5747 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
5748 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
5749 this on its own.
5750
5751 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
5752 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
5753 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
5754 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
5755
5756 * We will now ship a default .network file for
5757 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
5758 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
5759 --network-bridge= switches.
5760
5761 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
5762 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
5763 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
5764 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
5765 metrics, according to what is customary according to
5766 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
5767 each configuration option.
5768
5769 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
5770 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
5771 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
5772 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
5773 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
5774
5775 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
5776 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
5777 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
5778 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
5779 triggered by other work being done in the program.
5780
5781 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
5782 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
5783 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
5784 default however.
5785
5786 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
5787 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
5788 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
5789 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
5790 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
5791 them with systemd-networkd.
5792
5793 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
5794 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
5795 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
5796 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
5797 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
5798 is drastically increased, but given that these are
5799 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
5800 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
5801 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
5802 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
5803 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
5804 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
5805 during a transitional period!
5806
5807 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
5808 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5809 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
5810 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
5811 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5812 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5813 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5814 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5815
5816 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
5817
5818 CHANGES WITH 209:
5819
5820 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
5821 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
5822 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
5823 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
5824 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
5825 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
5826 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
5827 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
5828 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
5829 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
5830 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
5831 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
5832
5833 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
5834 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
5835 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
5836 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
5837 machines and the like.
5838
5839 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5840 shutdown/boot.
5841
5842 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5843 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
5844
5845 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5846 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
5847 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
5848 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5849
5850 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5851 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
5852 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
5853 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
5854 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
5855 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5856
5857 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5858 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5859 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
5860 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
5861 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5862 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5863 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5864 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
5865 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
5866
5867 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
5868 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
5869
5870 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5871 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5872 implementation.
5873
5874 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
5875 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
5876 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5877 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5878 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5879 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5880 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5881 and .service units.
5882
5883 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5884 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5885 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5886
5887 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
5888 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
5889 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
5890 nothing makes use of it.
5891
5892 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5893 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5894 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5895
5896 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5897 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5898 compatibility purposes.
5899
5900 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5901 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5902 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
5903 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
5904 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5905 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5906 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5907 process handling.
5908
5909 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5910 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5911 style to "sd-bus.h".
5912
5913 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5914 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
5915 "systemd-networkd".
5916
5917 * There is a new kernel command line option
5918 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5919 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5920 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5921 are not restored.
5922
5923 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5924 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5925 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5926 PID1's support for that anymore.
5927
5928 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
5929 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5930
5931 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5932 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5933 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5934 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5935 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5936 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5937
5938 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
5939 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
5940 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5941 onto remote systems.
5942
5943 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5944 login in any local container. This works with any container
5945 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
5946 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
5947
5948 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5949 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5950 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5951 system of some kind.
5952
5953 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5954 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5955 next.
5956
5957 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5958 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5959 reboot() system call.
5960
5961 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5962 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
5963 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
5964 still available but not advertised anymore.
5965
5966 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5967 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
5968 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
5969 within each Unit.
5970
5971 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5972 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
5973 the kernel).
5974
5975 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
5976 timestamps (following the setting in
5977 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
5978
5979 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5980 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5981
5982 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5983 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5984
5985 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5986 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5987 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5988
5989 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5990 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
5991 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5992 the full configuration is shown.
5993
5994 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5995 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
5996 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5997
5998 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
5999
6000 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6001 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6002
6003 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
6004 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6005 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6006 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6007
6008 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6009 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6010 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6011 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6012
6013 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6014 of the legend text.
6015
6016 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6017 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6018 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6019 remote sessions.
6020
6021 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6022 information of SDIO devices.
6023
6024 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6025 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6026 the system manager.
6027
6028 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
6029 short description of the connection parameters in the
6030 description.
6031
6032 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
6033 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
6034 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
6035 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6036 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6037 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6038 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
6039
6040 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
6041 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
6042 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
6043 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6044 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6045 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
6046 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
6047 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
6048 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6049
6050 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6051 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6052 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6053 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
6054 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6055 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
6056 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
6057 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6058 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6059 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6060 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6061 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6062 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6063 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6064 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6065 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6066 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6067 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6068 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
6069 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
6070 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
6071 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6072 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6073
6074 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
6075 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
6076 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6077 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6078 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
6079 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
6080 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6081 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
6082 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
6083 that you are aware of the instability of the current
6084 APIs.
6085
6086 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
6087 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
6088 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
6089 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6090 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6091 declare the APIs stable.
6092
6093 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
6094 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
6095 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
6096 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
6097 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
6098 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6099 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6100 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6101 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6102 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6103 one of them is updated.
6104
6105 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
6106 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
6107 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6108 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6109 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6110
6111 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6112 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6113 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
6114 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
6115 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
6116 entry points.
6117
6118 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6119 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6120 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6121 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
6122 been disabled at compile-time.
6123
6124 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
6125 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
6126 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6127 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6128
6129 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6130 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6131 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
6132
6133 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
6134 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6135 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
6136
6137 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6138 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
6139 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
6140
6141 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6142 remains until jobs expire.
6143
6144 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
6145 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
6146 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
6147 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
6148 all remaining processes of the service.
6149
6150 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6151 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
6152 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6153 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6154 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
6155 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
6156 manager process which created them takes no further
6157 responsibilities for it.
6158
6159 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
6160 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6161 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6162 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6163 marked executable or world-writable.
6164
6165 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
6166 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
6167 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6168 "--setenv=" for consistency.
6169
6170 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6171 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
6172 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
6173 independent of the host.
6174
6175 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6176 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
6177 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
6178 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6179
6180 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6181 with specific SELinux labels set.
6182
6183 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6184 any additional output but the container's own console
6185 output.
6186
6187 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6188 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6189
6190 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
6191 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
6192 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
6193 OS images, but only specific apps.
6194
6195 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
6196 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
6197 results in registration of the unit service itself in
6198 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
6199
6200 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6201 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
6202 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
6203 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6204 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6205 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
6206
6207 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6208 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
6209 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
6210 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6211 units to use.
6212
6213 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6214 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6215 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6216 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6217
6218 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6219 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6220 context for a service.
6221
6222 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6223 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
6224 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6225 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
6226 influence this logic.
6227
6228 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6229 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6230 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6231 other things.
6232
6233 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
6234 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
6235 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6236 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
6237 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6238 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6239 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
6240 architectures). There is also a global
6241 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
6242 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6243
6244 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6245 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6246
6247 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6248 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6249 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6250 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6251 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6252 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6253 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6254 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6255 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6256 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6257 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6258 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6259 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6260 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6261 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6262 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6263 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6264 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6265 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6266 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6267 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6268 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6269 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6270 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6271
6272 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
6273
6274 CHANGES WITH 208:
6275
6276 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6277 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6278 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6279 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6280 access input and drm devices which are normally
6281 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6282 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6283 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6284 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6285 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6286 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6287 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6288 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6289
6290 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
6291 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
6292 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6293
6294 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6295 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6296 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6297 kernel version number.
6298
6299 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6300 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
6301 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
6302
6303 * This release removes high-level support for the
6304 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6305 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6306 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
6307 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
6308
6309 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6310 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6311 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
6312 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6313 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
6314 cgroup system.
6315
6316 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6317 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6318 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6319 logs among other things.
6320
6321 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6322 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6323 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6324 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6325 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6326 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6327 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6328 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6329 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6330 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6331 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6332 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6333 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6334 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6335 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6336 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6337 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6338 not delayed until next reboot.
6339
6340 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6341 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6342 systemd generated files in one directory.
6343
6344 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6345 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6346 performance information if that's available to determine how
6347 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6348 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6349 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6350
6351 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6352 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6353 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6354 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6355 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6356 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6357 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6358
6359 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
6360
6361 CHANGES WITH 207:
6362
6363 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
6364 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
6365 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6366 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6367
6368 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6369 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6370 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6371 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6372 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6373
6374 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6375 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6376
6377 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6378 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6379 maximum number of tries.
6380
6381 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6382 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6383 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6384
6385 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6386 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6387
6388 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6389 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
6390 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
6391
6392 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6393 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
6394 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6395
6396 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6397 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
6398 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
6399 and type).
6400
6401 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
6402 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6403
6404 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6405 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
6406 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
6407 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6408
6409 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6410 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6411 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6412 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6413 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6414 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6415 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6416 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6417
6418 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6419 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6420 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6421 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6422
6423 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6424 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6425 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6426 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6427 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6428 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6429 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
6430
6431 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6432 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6433
6434 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6435 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6436 automatically after the process terminated.
6437
6438 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6439 certain paths from operation.
6440
6441 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
6442 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6443 is received.
6444
6445 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6446 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6447 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6448 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6449 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6450 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6451 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6452 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6453 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6454 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6455 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6456 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6457 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6458
6459 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
6460
6461 CHANGES WITH 206:
6462
6463 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6464 concepts introduced with 205.
6465
6466 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6467 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6468 -r".
6469
6470 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6471 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
6472 --state= parameter.
6473
6474 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6475 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6476 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6477 the journal.
6478
6479 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6480 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6481 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6482
6483 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6484 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6485 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6486 browsing logs from that point on.
6487
6488 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6489 of an FSS key.
6490
6491 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6492 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6493 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6494 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6495 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
6496 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
6497 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6498 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6499 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6500 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6501 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6502 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6503 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6504 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6505
6506 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6507 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
6508 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
6509 backing module right-away.
6510
6511 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6512 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6513
6514 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6515 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6516
6517 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6518 set of processes in the message metadata.
6519
6520 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6521
6522 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6523 support for passing performance data via environment
6524 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6525 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6526 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6527 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6528 deserialize it again.
6529
6530 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6531 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6532 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6533 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
6534
6535 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6536 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6537 completely silent shutdown when used.
6538
6539 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6540 option in .socket units.
6541
6542 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6543 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6544 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6545 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6546 system.slice as before.
6547
6548 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6549
6550 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6551 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6552 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6553 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6554 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6555 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6556 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6557
6558 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
6559
6560 CHANGES WITH 205:
6561
6562 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6563
6564 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
6565 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
6566 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6567 possible for system services and applications to group their
6568 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6569 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6570 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6571
6572 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
6573 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
6574 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6575 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6576 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6577
6578 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6579 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6580 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6581 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6582
6583 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6584 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6585 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6586 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6587 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6588 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6589 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6590 and useful as a general batch manager.
6591
6592 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6593 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6594 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6595 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6596 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6597 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6598 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6599 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
6600 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
6601 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
6602
6603 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
6604 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
6605 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
6606 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
6607 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
6608 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
6609 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
6610 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
6611 is compile-time optional.
6612
6613 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
6614 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
6615 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
6616 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
6617 well as slice units.
6618
6619 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
6620 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
6621 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
6622 but will be extended later on to make more properties
6623 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
6624 command that wraps this call.
6625
6626 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
6627 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
6628 while configuring a number of settings via the command
6629 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
6630 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
6631 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
6632 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
6633
6634 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
6635 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
6636 off audit.
6637
6638 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
6639 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
6640
6641 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
6642 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
6643 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
6644 and system logs.
6645
6646 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
6647 snippets extending unit files.
6648
6649 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
6650 not available as public API.
6651
6652 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
6653 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
6654 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
6655
6656 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
6657 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
6658 controls what to boot into by default.
6659
6660 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
6661 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
6662
6663 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
6664 generators needed for execution, as well as information
6665 about the unit file loading.
6666
6667 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
6668 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
6669 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
6670 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
6671 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
6672 racy due to journal file rotation.
6673
6674 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
6675 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
6676 all services.
6677
6678 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
6679 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
6680 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
6681 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
6682 system services want to log events about specific client
6683 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
6684 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
6685 unit is requested.
6686
6687 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
6688 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
6689 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
6690 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
6691 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
6692 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6693 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
6694 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
6695 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
6696 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
6697 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6698 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6699 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
6700
6701 CHANGES WITH 204:
6702
6703 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
6704 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
6705
6706 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
6707 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
6708 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
6709
6710 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
6711 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6712
6713 CHANGES WITH 203:
6714
6715 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
6716 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
6717
6718 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
6719 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
6720 fields, including the root directory.
6721
6722 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
6723 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
6724 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
6725 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
6726 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
6727 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
6728 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
6729 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
6730 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
6731 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
6732 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
6733
6734 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
6735 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
6736
6737 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
6738 have taken an inhibitor lock.
6739
6740 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
6741 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
6742 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
6743 the local hostname.
6744
6745 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
6746 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
6747 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
6748 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
6749 VMs/containers coming and going.
6750
6751 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
6752 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
6753 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
6754
6755 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
6756 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
6757 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
6758 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
6759
6760 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
6761 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
6762 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
6763
6764 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
6765 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
6766 services. With the container's root directory in
6767 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
6768 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
6769
6770 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
6771 the processes within a certain container.
6772
6773 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
6774 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
6775 check though. Patches welcome!
6776
6777 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
6778 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
6779 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
6780 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
6781 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
6782
6783 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
6784 the passed argument if applicable.
6785
6786 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6787 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6788 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
6789 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6790 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
6791 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
6792 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6793 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6794
6795 CHANGES WITH 202:
6796
6797 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
6798 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
6799 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
6800 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
6801 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
6802 units activate.
6803
6804 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
6805 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
6806 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
6807 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
6808 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
6809 for now, and not installable.
6810
6811 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
6812 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
6813 can run in conjunction with udev.
6814
6815 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
6816 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
6817 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
6818 session manager.
6819
6820 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
6821 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
6822 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
6823 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
6824 services, user processes and containers/virtual
6825 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
6826 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
6827 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
6828 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
6829 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
6830 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
6831
6832 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
6833
6834 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
6835 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
6836 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
6837 logical expressions.
6838
6839 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6840 switches.
6841
6842 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6843 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
6844 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
6845 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6846 the user.
6847
6848 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6849 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6850 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6851 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6852 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6853 an entry.
6854
6855 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6856 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6857 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6858 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6859 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6860 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6861
6862 CHANGES WITH 201:
6863
6864 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6865 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6866 directory.
6867
6868 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6869 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6870 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6871 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6872 problem.
6873
6874 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6875 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6876 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6877 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6878
6879 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6880 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6881
6882 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6883 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6884 files in this context are files such as
6885 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6886
6887 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6888 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6889 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6890 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6891 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6892 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6893
6894 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6895 hostnames.
6896
6897 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6898 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6899 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6900 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6901 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6902 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6903 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6904 all time-related output of systemd.
6905
6906 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6907 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6908 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6909 loops.
6910
6911 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6912 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6913
6914 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6915 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
6916 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
6917 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6918 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6919
6920 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6921 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6922 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6923 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6924 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6925 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6926 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6927
6928 CHANGES WITH 200:
6929
6930 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6931 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6932 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6933 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6934 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6935 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6936
6937 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6938 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6939 images.
6940
6941 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6942 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6943 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6944
6945 CHANGES WITH 199:
6946
6947 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6948
6949 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6950 security policy.
6951
6952 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6953 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6954 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6955 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6956 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6957 the same service can still access). When a service is
6958 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
6959 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
6960 this though).
6961
6962 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6963 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6964 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6965 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6966 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6967 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6968
6969 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
6970 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
6971
6972 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6973 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6974
6975 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
6976
6977 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
6978 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6979 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6980 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6981 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
6982
6983 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6984 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6985 system is to be mounted.
6986
6987 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6988 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6989 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6990 purpose for socket units.
6991
6992 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6993 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6994
6995 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6996 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
6997 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
6998 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
6999 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
7000
7001 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7002 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7003 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7004 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7005 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7006 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7007 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7008 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7009 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7010
7011 CHANGES WITH 198:
7012
7013 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7014 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7015 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7016 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7017 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
7018 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
7019 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7020 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7021 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
7022 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7023 unit files locally: copying the files from
7024 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7025 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7026 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7027 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
7028 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
7029 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7030 for them too.
7031
7032 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
7033 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
7034 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7035 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7036 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7037 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7038 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
7039 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7040 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
7041
7042 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7043 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7044
7045 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
7046 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7047 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7048 other users.
7049
7050 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7051 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7052 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7053 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7054 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
7055 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
7056 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7057 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
7058 management logic is also available to other programs via the
7059 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7060 supported.
7061
7062 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
7063 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7064 the foreground VT.
7065
7066 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7067 call.
7068
7069 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7070 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7071 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
7072 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7073 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7074 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
7075 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7076 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7077 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7078 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7079 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7080 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7081 also been removed.
7082
7083 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
7084 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
7085 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7086 objects themselves.
7087
7088 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7089
7090 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7091 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
7092 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
7093 to how this is supported in shells.
7094
7095 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7096 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7097 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7098 user systemd instance.
7099
7100 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7101 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7102 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7103 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7104 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7105 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7106 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7107 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7108 one day for good in the kernel.
7109
7110 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7111 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7112 container.
7113
7114 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
7115 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
7116 the host into the container.
7117
7118 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
7119 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7120 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7121 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7122 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7123 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
7124
7125 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
7126
7127 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7128 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
7129 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7130 configured to be mounted there.
7131
7132 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7133 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7134 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7135 system resume events.
7136
7137 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7138 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
7139 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
7140 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
7141
7142 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7143 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7144 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7145 card).
7146
7147 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7148 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7149 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7150
7151 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7152 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7153 later "change" event.
7154
7155 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7156 now carry a message ID.
7157
7158 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7159 continues to be work in progress.
7160
7161 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7162 root directory to operate relative to.
7163
7164 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7165 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
7166 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7167 times a little.
7168
7169 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7170 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7171 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7172 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7173 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7174 request boot into firmware operations.
7175
7176 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7177 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7178 correctly in initrds.
7179
7180 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7181 compile time optional via a configure switch.
7182
7183 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7184 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7185
7186 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7187 the status of all active or failed units.
7188
7189 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7190 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7191 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
7192 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
7193 requests more robust.
7194
7195 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7196 reading journal files.
7197
7198 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7199 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7200
7201 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
7202
7203 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
7204 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
7205
7206 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7207 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7208 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7209 socket activation in daemons.
7210
7211 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7212 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7213
7214 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7215 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7216 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7217
7218 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
7219 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
7220 system units.
7221
7222 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7223 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7224 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7225
7226 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7227 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7228 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
7229 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
7230 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7231 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7232 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7233 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7234 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7235 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7236 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
7237 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
7238 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7239 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7240 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7241 package installation time.
7242
7243 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7244 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7245 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7246 installation time.
7247
7248 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7249 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7250
7251 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7252
7253 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7254 available.
7255
7256 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7257 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7258
7259 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7260 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7261 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7262 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7263 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7264 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7265 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7266 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7267 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7268 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7269 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7270 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7271 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7272 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7273
7274 CHANGES WITH 197:
7275
7276 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7277 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7278 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7279 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7280 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7281 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7282 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7283 the supported calendar time specification language see
7284 systemd.time(7).
7285
7286 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7287 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7288 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7289 document for details:
7290
7291 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
7292
7293 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
7294 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7295 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
7296 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7297 dependencies.
7298
7299 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7300 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7301 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7302 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7303 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7304 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7305 with a configure switch.
7306
7307 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7308 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7309 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7310 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7311 such as ext4.
7312
7313 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7314 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7315 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7316
7317 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7318 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7319
7320 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7321 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7322 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7323 using only core OS tools.
7324
7325 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7326 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7327 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7328 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7329 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7330 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7331 eventually.
7332
7333 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7334 presenting log data.
7335
7336 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
7337 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
7338
7339 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7340 system on idle.
7341
7342 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7343 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7344 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7345 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7346 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7347 information if possible.
7348
7349 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7350 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7351 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
7352
7353 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7354 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7355 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7356 is running on battery power.
7357
7358 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7359 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7360 is in the "failed" state.
7361
7362 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7363 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7364 environment files at once.
7365
7366 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7367 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7368 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7369 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7370 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7371 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7372 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7373 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7374 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7375 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7376 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7377 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7378 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7379
7380 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7381 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7382
7383 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7384 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7385
7386 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7387 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7388 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7389 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
7390 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7391 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
7392 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7393 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7394 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7395 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7396 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7397 shipped from us upstream.
7398
7399 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7400 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7401 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7402 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7403 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7404 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7405 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7406 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7407 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7408 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7409 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7410 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7411 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7412
7413 CHANGES WITH 196:
7414
7415 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7416 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7417 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7418 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7419 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7420 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7421 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7422 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
7423 database was only attached to select devices, since the
7424 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
7425 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7426 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7427 data for all devices where this is available, by
7428 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7429 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7430 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7431 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7432 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7433 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7434
7435 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7436 indexed database to link up additional information with
7437 journal entries. For further details please check:
7438
7439 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
7440
7441 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7442 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7443 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7444 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7445 macro for this purpose.
7446
7447 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7448 Python logging framework.
7449
7450 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7451 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7452 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7453 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
7454 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
7455 time intervals.
7456
7457 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7458 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7459 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7460
7461 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7462 right-away on the selected coredump.
7463
7464 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7465 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7466 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7467
7468 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7469 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7470 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7471 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7472
7473 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7474 default.
7475
7476 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7477 SMACK security label.
7478
7479 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7480 daylight saving change.
7481
7482 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7483 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7484 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7485 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7486 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7487 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7488 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7489
7490 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
7491 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
7492 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
7493 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
7494 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
7495 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
7496 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
7497
7498 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7499 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7500
7501 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7502 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7503 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7504 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7505 offline updating tools.
7506
7507 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7508 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7509 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7510 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7511 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7512 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7513
7514 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7515 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7516
7517 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7518 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7519 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7520 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7521 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7522 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7523 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7524 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7525 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7526
7527 CHANGES WITH 195:
7528
7529 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
7530 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7531 units via --unit=/-u.
7532
7533 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
7534 right thing.
7535
7536 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7537 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7538 rotation.
7539
7540 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7541 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7542 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7543 completion of journalctl has been updated
7544 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7545 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7546
7547 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7548 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7549
7550 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7551 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7552 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7553 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7554 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7555 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7556 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7557 completion.
7558
7559 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7560 extract coredumps from the journal.
7561
7562 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7563 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7564 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7565 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7566 scratch their heads.
7567
7568 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7569 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7570
7571 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7572 in immediate termination of systemd.
7573
7574 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7575 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7576
7577 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7578 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7579 mouse screen support has been added.
7580
7581 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7582 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7583
7584 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
7585 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7586 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7587 "systemctl reload".
7588
7589 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
7590 -u" instead.
7591
7592 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7593 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7594 configured.
7595
7596 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7597 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7598
7599 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
7600 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
7601 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
7602 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
7603 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
7604 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
7605 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
7606
7607 CHANGES WITH 194:
7608
7609 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
7610 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
7611 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
7612 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
7613 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
7614 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
7615 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
7616 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
7617 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
7618 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
7619 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
7620 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
7621
7622 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
7623 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
7624 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7625
7626 CHANGES WITH 193:
7627
7628 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
7629 starting from the specified location in the journal.
7630
7631 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
7632 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
7633 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
7634
7635 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
7636 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
7637 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
7638 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
7639 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
7640 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
7641 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
7642
7643 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
7644 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
7645
7646 This will download the journal contents in a
7647 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
7648
7649 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
7650
7651 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
7652 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
7653 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
7654 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
7655 screenshot of this app in its current state:
7656
7657 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
7658
7659 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
7660 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
7661
7662 CHANGES WITH 192:
7663
7664 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
7665 too.
7666
7667 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
7668 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
7669 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
7670 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
7671 just start them.
7672
7673 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
7674 and line break accordingly.
7675
7676 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7677 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
7678
7679 CHANGES WITH 191:
7680
7681 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
7682 container environment, copying the host's timezone
7683 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
7684 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
7685 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
7686
7687 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
7688 will default to 10 if omitted.
7689
7690 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
7691 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
7692 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
7693 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
7694 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
7695
7696 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
7697 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
7698 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
7699 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
7700 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
7701 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
7702 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
7703
7704 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
7705 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
7706 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
7707 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
7708 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
7709 into two.
7710
7711 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
7712 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
7713
7714 CHANGES WITH 190:
7715
7716 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
7717 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
7718 "systemctl status".
7719
7720 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
7721 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
7722 system to another place in the same file system could not be
7723 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
7724 field.)
7725
7726 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
7727 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
7728 default.
7729
7730 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
7731 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
7732 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
7733 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
7734 in a container.
7735
7736 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
7737 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
7738 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
7739 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
7740 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
7741 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
7742
7743 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
7744 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
7745 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
7746 no-op.
7747
7748 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
7749 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
7750 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
7751 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
7752 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
7753
7754 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
7755 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
7756
7757 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
7758 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
7759 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
7760 command.
7761
7762 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
7763 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
7764 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
7765
7766 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
7767
7768 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
7769 multiple files at once.
7770
7771 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
7772 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
7773 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
7774 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
7775 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
7776 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
7777 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
7778
7779 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
7780 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
7781 now support specifiers as well.
7782
7783 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
7784 dir: %_presetdir.
7785
7786 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
7787 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
7788
7789 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
7790 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
7791 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
7792 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
7793 anymore.
7794
7795 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
7796 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
7797 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
7798 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
7799
7800 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
7801 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
7802 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
7803
7804 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
7805 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
7806 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
7807 sockets.
7808
7809 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
7810 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
7811 is changed.
7812
7813 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
7814 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
7815 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
7816 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
7817 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
7818 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
7819 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
7820
7821 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
7822
7823 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
7824 the unit file label and client process label into account.
7825
7826 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
7827 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
7828
7829 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
7830 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
7831 (%b).
7832
7833 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
7834 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
7835 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7836 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7837 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7838 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7839 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7840
7841 CHANGES WITH 189:
7842
7843 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7844 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7845
7846 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7847 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7848 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7849 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7850 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7851 syslog daemons again.
7852
7853 * The libudev API gained the new
7854 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7855
7856 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7857 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7858 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7859 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7860
7861 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7862 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7863 container.
7864
7865 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7866 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7867 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7868 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7869 this explaining it in more detail.
7870
7871 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7872 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7873 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7874 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7875
7876 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7877 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7878 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7879 journal files.
7880
7881 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7882 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7883 as container init process a lot more fun.
7884
7885 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7886 entries.
7887
7888 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7889 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7890 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7891 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7892 different sets of services.
7893
7894 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7895 failure state.
7896
7897 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
7898 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7899 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7900
7901 CHANGES WITH 188:
7902
7903 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7904 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7905 tree a lot more organized.
7906
7907 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7908 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7909
7910 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7911 services.
7912
7913 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7914 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7915 filtering by log level now.
7916
7917 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7918 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7919 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7920
7921 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
7922 command lines involving service unit names.
7923
7924 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7925 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7926
7927 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7928 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7929 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7930
7931 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7932 option.
7933
7934 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7935 a shutdown is cancelled.
7936
7937 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7938 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7939 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7940 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7941 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7942
7943 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7944 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7945 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7946 for display managers instead.
7947
7948 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7949 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7950 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7951 protection, and suchlike.
7952
7953 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7954 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7955 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7956 the service.
7957
7958 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7959 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7960 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7961 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7962 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7963 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7964
7965 CHANGES WITH 187:
7966
7967 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7968 pages.
7969
7970 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7971 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7972 data loss.
7973
7974 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
7975 option.
7976
7977 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7978
7979 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7980 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7981
7982 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7983 specific directory.
7984
7985 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7986 messages of two different boots.
7987
7988 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7989 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7990 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7991
7992 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7993 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7994 disjunctions.
7995
7996 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7997 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7998 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7999
8000 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8001 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8002 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8003
8004 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8005 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8006 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8007 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8008 speed things up a bit.
8009
8010 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8011 header data of journal files.
8012
8013 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8014 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8015 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8016
8017 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8018 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8019 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8020 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8021
8022 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8023
8024 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8025 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8026 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8027 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8028
8029 CHANGES WITH 186:
8030
8031 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8032 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8033 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8034 prefixed with rd.
8035
8036 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8037 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8038
8039 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8040
8041 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8042
8043 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
8044
8045 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8046 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8047 as well.
8048
8049 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8050 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8051 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8052
8053 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8054 does the right thing. Example:
8055
8056 udevadm info /dev/sda
8057 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8058
8059 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8060 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8061 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8062 running.
8063
8064 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8065 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8066
8067 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8068 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8069
8070 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8071 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8072 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8073 files.
8074
8075 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8076 be stopped that is not loaded.
8077
8078 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8079
8080 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8081
8082 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8083 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8084 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8085 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8086
8087 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8088 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8089 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8090 completed initialization.
8091
8092 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8093
8094 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8095 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8096 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8097 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8098 distributions.
8099
8100 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8101 always valid when services log to the journal via
8102 STDOUT/STDERR.
8103
8104 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8105 command line options we understand.
8106
8107 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8108 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8109
8110 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
8111 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8112
8113 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8114 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8115 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8116 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8117
8118 systemctl status /home
8119 systemctl status /dev/sda
8120
8121 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8122 system.conf parsing.
8123
8124 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8125 Manager object.
8126
8127 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
8128
8129 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8130
8131 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8132 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8133 complete.
8134
8135 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8136 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8137 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8138 systemd-fsck@.service.
8139
8140 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8141 Manager object.
8142
8143 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8144 work sensibly.
8145
8146 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8147 we actually understand.
8148
8149 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8150 additional capabilities to the container.
8151
8152 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
8153 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
8154 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8155
8156 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8157 the current boot only.
8158
8159 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8160 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8161
8162 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8163 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8164 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8165 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8166 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8167
8168 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8169
8170 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8171 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8172 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8173 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
8174
8175 CHANGES WITH 185:
8176
8177 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8178 available.
8179
8180 * Several new man pages have been added.
8181
8182 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8183 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8184 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8185 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
8186
8187 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8188 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
8189
8190 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8191 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8192 Matthias Clasen
8193
8194 CHANGES WITH 184:
8195
8196 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8197 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8198
8199 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8200 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8201 daemon.
8202
8203 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8204 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8205
8206 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8207 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8208 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8209 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8210
8211 CHANGES WITH 183:
8212
8213 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8214 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8215 and systemd's most recent version number.
8216
8217 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8218 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8219 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8220 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8221 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
8222 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
8223
8224 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
8225 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8226 subsystems.
8227
8228 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8229 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8230 used to subscribe to events.
8231
8232 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8233 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8234 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8235 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
8236 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
8237 forked by udev rules.
8238
8239 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8240 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8241 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8242 it.
8243
8244 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
8245 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8246 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8247 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
8248 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
8249
8250 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
8251 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
8252
8253 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8254 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8255 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8256 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8257
8258 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8259 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8260 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8261 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8262 to be used as drop-in files.
8263
8264 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
8265 particular suspending and hibernating.
8266
8267 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8268 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8269 about this in more detail.
8270
8271 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
8272 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
8273 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8274 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8275 from git history and add them downstream.
8276
8277 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8278 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
8279 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
8280 units.
8281
8282 * All smaller setup units (such as
8283 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8284 are run in a container and are skipped when
8285 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8286 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8287
8288 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8289 integrated, for details see:
8290 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
8291
8292 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8293 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8294 messages.
8295
8296 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8297 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
8298 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8299 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8300 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8301
8302 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8303 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8304 for all units started by PID 1.
8305
8306 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8307 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8308 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8309
8310 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8311 of PID 1 anymore.
8312
8313 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8314 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
8315 have not been read by systemd yet.
8316
8317 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8318 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8319 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8320 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8321 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8322 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8323
8324 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8325 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8326
8327 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8328
8329 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8330 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8331 so sexy.
8332
8333 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8334 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8335 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8336 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8337 patterns.
8338
8339 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8340 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8341 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8342 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8343
8344 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8345 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8346
8347 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8348 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8349 in systemd now.
8350
8351 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8352 ID on the command line.
8353
8354 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
8355 for an init system.
8356
8357 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8358 vt100.
8359
8360 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8361
8362 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
8363 components now have directories of their own.
8364
8365 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8366
8367 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8368 container in other hierarchies.
8369
8370 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8371 system.conf.
8372
8373 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8374
8375 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8376 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8377
8378 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
8379 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8380
8381 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8382 locally generated journal files.
8383
8384 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8385
8386 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8387
8388 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8389 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8390 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8391 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8392 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8393 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8394 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8395 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8396 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8397 Gundersen
8398
8399 CHANGES WITH 44:
8400
8401 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8402
8403 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8404 KVM or container configured UUID.
8405
8406 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8407
8408 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8409
8410 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
8411 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8412
8413 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
8414
8415 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8416 folks
8417
8418 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
8419 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
8420 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8421
8422 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8423 configuration
8424
8425 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8426 free fashion
8427
8428 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8429 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
8430 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
8431 automatically generated data.
8432
8433 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8434 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8435 however.
8436
8437 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8438 tarball.
8439
8440 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8441 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8442 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8443 Reding
8444
8445 CHANGES WITH 43:
8446
8447 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8448
8449 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8450
8451 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8452
8453 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
8454 normal user logins.
8455
8456 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8457 Biebl
8458
8459 CHANGES WITH 42:
8460
8461 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8462
8463 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8464 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8465 xsltproc.
8466
8467 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8468 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8469 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8470
8471 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8472 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8473 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8474
8475 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8476
8477 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8478 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8479 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8480
8481 CHANGES WITH 41:
8482
8483 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8484 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8485 package update.
8486
8487 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8488 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8489 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8490
8491 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8492 complete.
8493
8494 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8495 understood to set system wide environment variables
8496 dynamically at boot.
8497
8498 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
8499
8500 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8501 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8502 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8503 files.
8504
8505 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8506 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8507 William Douglas
8508
8509 CHANGES WITH 40:
8510
8511 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8512
8513 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8514 "Result" D-Bus property.
8515
8516 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8517 the next few releases.)
8518
8519 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8520 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8521 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8522 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8523
8524 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8525 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8526 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8527
8528 CHANGES WITH 39:
8529
8530 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8531 bugfixes.
8532
8533 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8534 resource usage.
8535
8536 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8537 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8538 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8539 journals by the respective users.
8540
8541 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8542 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8543 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8544
8545 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8546 client for all entries.
8547
8548 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8549
8550 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8551 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8552
8553 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8554 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8555 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8556 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8557
8558 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8559 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8560 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8561
8562 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8563 journal along with meta data.
8564
8565 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8566 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8567 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8568
8569 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8570 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
8571 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
8572
8573 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8574
8575 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8576 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8577 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8578 or fsck.
8579
8580 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
8581 requested with new -k switch.
8582
8583 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8584 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8585
8586 CHANGES WITH 38:
8587
8588 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8589 bugfixes.
8590
8591 * The git repository moved to:
8592 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8593 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8594
8595 * First release with the journal
8596 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8597
8598 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8599 systemd-stdout-bridge.
8600
8601 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
8602
8603 * Many systemadm clean-ups
8604
8605 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
8606 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
8607 remote mounts.
8608
8609 * Added Mageia support
8610
8611 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
8612
8613 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
8614 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
8615 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
8616 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
8617 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
8618
8619 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
8620 of existing distributions.
8621
8622 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
8623 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
8624
8625 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
8626 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
8627 boot.
8628
8629 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
8630
8631 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
8632 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
8633 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
8634 among other things.
8635
8636 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
8637 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
8638
8639 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
8640
8641 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
8642 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
8643 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
8644
8645 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
8646 restored.
8647
8648 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
8649 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
8650 kmod
8651
8652 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
8653 of /usr/local by default.
8654
8655 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
8656 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
8657 in:
8658 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
8659
8660 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
8661 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
8662 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
8663 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
8664 supported anyway, and bad style).
8665
8666 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
8667 reloading of units together.
8668
8669 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
8670 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
8671 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8672 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
8673 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek